5th grade literacy curriculum guide module 4 2014 … · 5th grade literacy curriculum guide module...
TRANSCRIPT
1
5th
Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 4
2014-2015
Unit Name
America in Conflict Module 4 (Number of Days )
TLI Reading Focus Informational
Unit Overview
Students understand how a series of events can affect the future as they analyze the events that lead to the assassination
of a president
Performance Task
Students read several accounts of an event in history They will analyze the event from several historical figuresrsquo perspectives
Students will write an essay comparing and contrasting the events
Essential Questions
Did John Wilkes Booth accomplish his goal
Which actions would have changed history have been changed
Building Background Knowledge Prior to Teaching Please refer to the North Carolina Unpacked Standards
Explanations and Examples in this document are reference the Arizona Delaware North Carolina and Ohio Departments of Education
2
PBSD- Grade 5- Common Core- Module 4
Reading Complex Texts RLRI510
Writing About Texts W51-2 4-6 9-10
Research Project W57-9
RLRI51-10
Narrative Writing W53-610
5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives Literature
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln
by Patricia Polacco
Informational
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer by James L Swanson
Develop and Convey Understanding
for extended and short texts students will answer guiding questions
for Journeyrsquos texts students will write answers to Stop and Think questions as they read
Focus on Inform amp Explain
Compare and contrast the ways in which fictional and informational text treats historical events Summarize the events in each chapter of Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer
How do the symbols of America create patriotism and strength during times of conflicts
Summarize the high points in Lincolnrsquos life using the texts provided
Integrate knowledge from sources when
composing
Choose a president and compose a historical narrative about the president (based on how a president responded to and was affected by a conflict during the presidency) Be sure to incorporate facts photos or documentsartifacts Create a brochure advertising the Fordrsquos theatre Consider how you would logically present the facts with relative descriptive details to support your opinion of why one might want to visit the theatre
Convey Experiences
Write an essay telling how the two characters (Lincoln and Douglass) are the same and how they are different
Write your own biography
Using your favorite chapter as a mentor text write your own retelling of a historical event using several sources
Literature Lincoln and Douglass
An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni
Literature Abersquos Honest Words
by Doreen Rappaport
Science
Social Studies Research various
primary sources for biographies
Art Slideshow of Abraham
Lincoln
For Reading and Writing in Each Module
Cite Evidence RLRI51
Analyze Content RLRI52-9
SL52-3
Study and Apply Grammar
L51-3 SL56
Study and Apply Vocabulary
L54-6
Conduct Discussions SL51
Report Findings SL54-6
3
Context for Instruction
Reading Workshop Block Schedule
Writing Workshop Block Schedule
Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily
Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily
Book Talkmdash5 Minutes
Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes
Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)
Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes
Reading Period
Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily
Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes
Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages
Writing Period
Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing
Guided Reading
bull Small group meet with teacher
bull Comprehension focus
Literature Discussion
bull Student-led literature discussion
bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion
Independent Reading
bull Students Reading Independently
bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook
Guided Writing
bull Small Group meets with teacher
bull Writing focus
Independent Writing
bull Teacher sets purpose for writing
bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes
Conferencing
bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily
4
5th
Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4
Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when
explaining what the text says explicitly
drawing inferences
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text
explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
chronology
comparison
causeeffect
problemsolution
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic
noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem
5
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
6
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for
meaning readerlistener interest and style
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes
and metaphors in context
b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
7
5th
Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)
W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information
W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose
W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details
W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)
W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented
W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly
W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations
and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension
W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic
W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)
W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic
W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented
W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences
W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally
W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations
W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events
W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely
W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events
W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting
W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research
W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])
W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])
W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
2
PBSD- Grade 5- Common Core- Module 4
Reading Complex Texts RLRI510
Writing About Texts W51-2 4-6 9-10
Research Project W57-9
RLRI51-10
Narrative Writing W53-610
5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives Literature
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln
by Patricia Polacco
Informational
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer by James L Swanson
Develop and Convey Understanding
for extended and short texts students will answer guiding questions
for Journeyrsquos texts students will write answers to Stop and Think questions as they read
Focus on Inform amp Explain
Compare and contrast the ways in which fictional and informational text treats historical events Summarize the events in each chapter of Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer
How do the symbols of America create patriotism and strength during times of conflicts
Summarize the high points in Lincolnrsquos life using the texts provided
Integrate knowledge from sources when
composing
Choose a president and compose a historical narrative about the president (based on how a president responded to and was affected by a conflict during the presidency) Be sure to incorporate facts photos or documentsartifacts Create a brochure advertising the Fordrsquos theatre Consider how you would logically present the facts with relative descriptive details to support your opinion of why one might want to visit the theatre
Convey Experiences
Write an essay telling how the two characters (Lincoln and Douglass) are the same and how they are different
Write your own biography
Using your favorite chapter as a mentor text write your own retelling of a historical event using several sources
Literature Lincoln and Douglass
An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni
Literature Abersquos Honest Words
by Doreen Rappaport
Science
Social Studies Research various
primary sources for biographies
Art Slideshow of Abraham
Lincoln
For Reading and Writing in Each Module
Cite Evidence RLRI51
Analyze Content RLRI52-9
SL52-3
Study and Apply Grammar
L51-3 SL56
Study and Apply Vocabulary
L54-6
Conduct Discussions SL51
Report Findings SL54-6
3
Context for Instruction
Reading Workshop Block Schedule
Writing Workshop Block Schedule
Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily
Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily
Book Talkmdash5 Minutes
Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes
Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)
Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes
Reading Period
Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily
Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes
Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages
Writing Period
Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing
Guided Reading
bull Small group meet with teacher
bull Comprehension focus
Literature Discussion
bull Student-led literature discussion
bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion
Independent Reading
bull Students Reading Independently
bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook
Guided Writing
bull Small Group meets with teacher
bull Writing focus
Independent Writing
bull Teacher sets purpose for writing
bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes
Conferencing
bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily
4
5th
Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4
Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when
explaining what the text says explicitly
drawing inferences
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text
explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
chronology
comparison
causeeffect
problemsolution
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic
noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem
5
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
6
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for
meaning readerlistener interest and style
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes
and metaphors in context
b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
7
5th
Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)
W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information
W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose
W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details
W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)
W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented
W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly
W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations
and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension
W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic
W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)
W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic
W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented
W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences
W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally
W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations
W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events
W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely
W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events
W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting
W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research
W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])
W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])
W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
3
Context for Instruction
Reading Workshop Block Schedule
Writing Workshop Block Schedule
Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily
Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily
Book Talkmdash5 Minutes
Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes
Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)
Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes
Reading Period
Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily
Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes
Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages
Writing Period
Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing
Guided Reading
bull Small group meet with teacher
bull Comprehension focus
Literature Discussion
bull Student-led literature discussion
bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion
Independent Reading
bull Students Reading Independently
bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook
Guided Writing
bull Small Group meets with teacher
bull Writing focus
Independent Writing
bull Teacher sets purpose for writing
bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes
Conferencing
bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily
4
5th
Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4
Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when
explaining what the text says explicitly
drawing inferences
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text
explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
chronology
comparison
causeeffect
problemsolution
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic
noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem
5
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
6
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for
meaning readerlistener interest and style
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes
and metaphors in context
b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
7
5th
Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)
W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information
W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose
W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details
W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)
W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented
W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly
W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations
and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension
W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic
W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)
W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic
W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented
W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences
W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally
W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations
W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events
W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely
W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events
W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting
W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research
W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])
W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])
W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
4
5th
Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4
Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when
explaining what the text says explicitly
drawing inferences
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text
explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
chronology
comparison
causeeffect
problemsolution
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic
noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem
5
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
6
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for
meaning readerlistener interest and style
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes
and metaphors in context
b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
7
5th
Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)
W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information
W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose
W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details
W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)
W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented
W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly
W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations
and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension
W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic
W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)
W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic
W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented
W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences
W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally
W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations
W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events
W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely
W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events
W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting
W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research
W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])
W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])
W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
5
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
6
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for
meaning readerlistener interest and style
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes
and metaphors in context
b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
7
5th
Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)
W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information
W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose
W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details
W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)
W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented
W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly
W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations
and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension
W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic
W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)
W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic
W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented
W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences
W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally
W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations
W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events
W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely
W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events
W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting
W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research
W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])
W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])
W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
6
Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for
meaning readerlistener interest and style
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes
and metaphors in context
b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
7
5th
Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)
W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information
W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose
W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details
W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)
W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented
W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly
W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations
and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension
W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic
W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)
W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic
W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented
W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences
W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally
W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations
W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events
W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely
W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events
W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting
W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research
W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])
W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])
W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
7
5th
Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)
W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information
W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose
W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details
W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)
W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented
W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly
W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations
and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension
W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic
W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)
W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic
W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented
W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences
W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally
W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations
W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events
W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely
W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events
W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting
W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research
W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])
W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])
W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
8
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes
Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)
Inference
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
Supporting Quote from Text
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
9
CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Citing Evidence Strategy
Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases
Because hellip
Based on what I read hellip
For instance hellip
The author stated hellip
For example hellip
According to the texthellip
On page _____ it said that hellip
In paragraph ____ it said that hellip
From the reading I knew that hellip
Two different sources told me that hellip
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
10
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer
Main Topic
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Supporting Facts
Conclusion
Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)
Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
11
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart
Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
12
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information
Name of your person
Where heshe lived
When heshe lived
What did heshe do that made himher famous
What are some additional facts you found interesting
What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why
Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)
Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation
Lesson Plans and Activities
Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)
wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
13
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Sequencing Anchor Charts
Cause and Effect Anchor Charts
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
14
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by
Looking at the illustration or graph
Using background knowledge regarding the subject
Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning
Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning
Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)
We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America
Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented
Lesson Plans and Activities
Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues
Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment
Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson
Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
15
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
16
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion
Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison
Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons
ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan
Target Fundamental Lesson TF007
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
17
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts
and Activities
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
18
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer
Subject
Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View
Evidence Evidence
Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs
Target Fundamental Lesson AP006
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
19
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
20
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked
Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer
Lesson Plans and Activities
Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan
Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing
Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image
Target Fundamental Lesson TF006
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
21
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
22
cause effect
effect
effect
effect effect
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships
Cause amp Effect Problem Solution
Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points
Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001
MAIN IDEA
or
TOPIC
SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
23
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own
notes in this section
Lesson Plans and Activities
Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured
Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure
Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan
wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure
Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -
Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
24
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics
Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)
Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text
Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution
Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)
Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)
Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
25
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
26
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource
Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos
Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities
School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom
Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions
Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text
containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found
within text to create compound and complex sentences
o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage
Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write
o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly
o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)
o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend
wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
27
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences
b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses
d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense
e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal
Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
28
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource
NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
29
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series
b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence
c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)
d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
30
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation
Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
31
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
32
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings
In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary
DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
33
CCCS Focus Standards
Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies
L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language
including similes and metaphors in context
f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs
Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in
this section
Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
34
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities
The Gun That Killed Lincoln
Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling
story about why he wrote this best-selling
book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer
pistol framed by a newspaper of the time
onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud
from the beginning pages of the book to
learn why James L Swanson was captivated
by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln
Preview Primary Sources
Read aloud the paragraph above the
authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo
Explain that James Swanson researched
primary sources to write the book These are
sources of information that provide first-
hand accounts or direct evidence concerning
Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are
created by witnesses or recorders who
actually experienced the event or the
manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students
to go through the book to find the pages
that show photographs or written records
that the author used as primary sources The
sources include manuscripts transcripts
documents engravings pamphlets and
photographs
Writing
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
35
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions
Lesson Plan
Modeled Reading
Read aloud to students from pages titled
ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the
beginning pages of the book Encourage
students to ask questions to clarify their
understanding Consider reading aloud the
ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the
two main historical figures in the book
Independent Reading
Guide students who can read this book
independently to pace their reading by
chunking the book into three to six reading
sessions depending on the allotted reading
time per session Prompt students to work
with partners at the end of a section by
asking clarifying questions and sharing
reactions about the text
Big Question Critical Thinking
Ask students to think about this question as
they read Write the question on chart paper
or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
Comprehension Focus
Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced
Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person
Vocabulary
conspirator (p 8)
assassinate (p 26)
avenge (p 43)
accomplice (p 73)
investigate (p 81)
detective (p 91)
sympathizer (p 96)
execution (p 187)
Arts
Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln
Guide students to view a slideshow of
famous photographs on the Library of
Congress website Encourage them to
take notes about the photos from the
descriptions they can access by clicking
the button in the upper right hand
corner Then have students present the
slideshow to the rest of the class while
narrating the photos from their notes
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
36
Sequence of Events
Remind students that the book covers only
12 days in the history of the United States
The author goes deep into the events of
each day to tell the story of the manhunt
that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos
assassin The events of each day are told in
the sequence or order in time that they
happened Explain that it is important to
identify the relationship of events that
follow one another to see why and how they
happened
Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to
help students identify the relationship
between the historical events in the book
Pass out copies of the organizer and model
for students how to identify the connection
between the first and second event on the
night of the assassination Have students
volunteer the connections between the
remaining sequence of events
Model
This sequence of events begins with Booth
entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater
box The next event is that he waits for the
right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the
connection between these events I know
Booth is able to take his time and wait
because there is no one guarding the
President Booth even puts a rod through
the doors to keep other people out of the
box
Reading Then Writing
At almost every stage in the timeline
of events a person could have made
a choice that wouldve changed the
events of history (including avoiding
Lincolns assassination) As you read
make a list of these people and their
decisions
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
37
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)
EXTENDED TEXT
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson
After You Read Questions to Discuss
Lead students in a discussion of these focus
story elements
1 Primary Sources
What different kinds of information are
given by a diary entry and a newspaper
article (The diary entry has more personal
information including emotions the
newspaper article contains facts) Which do
you think is a better historical source
(Answers will vary)
2 Sequence of Events
How might the sequence of events been
changed if John Wilkes Booth had not
broken his leg (He may have been able to
move more quickly and escape into the
South before being caught)
3 Word Families
What did John Wilkes Booth decide about
how he wanted to die Answer using the
word family for execute (He decided he
wanted to die right away rather than be
executed by hanging He did not want his
execution to be a public spectacle)
Questions to Share
Writing Social Studies
Primary Sources
Ask students to choose ten primary
sources that would tell about their
lives for a future generation Remind
students that a primary source
includes items such as videos
photographs songs letters clothing
and newspaper articles After they
choose the ten primary sources ask
students to explain what information
the sources reveal
Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline
Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter
Write your own biography
James Swanson has an amazing ability
to present nonfiction historical
material like a fiction storyteller
Using your favorite chapter as a
Geography
The Assassinrsquos Route
On the last page of the book a drawing
shows the route that John Wilkes Booth
traveled on for 12 days after the
assassination Challenge students to
trace the same route on a contemporary
map of the area or using Google Maps
Point out that names of places have
changed but the geography of the
Potomac River and its environs remains
more or less the same History
A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater
Guide students to this virtual tour of
Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the
theater today as well as many artifacts
and primary sources from the time of
President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art
A Timeline of the Manhunt
Have the class create an illustrated time
line of the important events in the 12
days of the assassination and manhunt
Divide students into pairs and provide
copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet
and assign each pairs one of the 12 days
Ask students to illustrate and describe
the events of the day including the
actions in Washington and the
manhunters as well as the actions of
Booth and his co-conspirators Have
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
38
Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group
1 Text to Self
If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos
assassination how do you think you would
have felt How would you have felt about
John Wilkes Booth How would you have
felt about his end (Answers will vary)
2 Text to World
What historical event which occurred in your
lifetime reminds you of something that
happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How
are they the same and different (Answers
will vary)
3 Text to Text
Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your
history books in school Describe two ways
that they are different (Answers will vary)
Critical Thinking
Give each student an opportunity to answer
the big question Encourage students to
support their answers with details and
evidence from the text Tell them there is no
one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth
accomplish his goal
mentor text write your own retelling
of a historical event
students combine their organizers into a
12-day visual timeline of the events
STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
39
MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5
th grade
ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
40
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo
(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
41
MINI-LESSON IDEAS
RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area
Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts
Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5
th grade
ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion
Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling
Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo
WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process
42
(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS
LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS
Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons
Point of View Lessons Day 1
The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text
The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally
During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view
Day 2
The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words
During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing
Day 3
The teacher will model the revision process
The students will revise their
OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen
Pinterest Board with Writing Activities
Lessons and Anchor Charts
43
writing The teacher will conference with the students
Day 4
The teacher will model the Peer Editing process
The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen
How to manage where all students are in the writing process